In the first year of the reign of Belshazzar over Babylon, Daniel had a dream, and visions passed through his mind as he lay on his bed. He wrote down the dream, and this is the summary of his account.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            חֲדָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲדָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ḏāh
                
                
                     In the first 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2298 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one <BR> 1b) a (indefinite article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ḏāh
         In the first 
    
 
        
            בִּשְׁנַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּשְׁנַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biš·naṯ
                
                
                     year 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8140 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biš·naṯ
         year 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     of the reign 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         of the reign 
    
 
        
            לְבֵלְאשַׁצַּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבֵלְאשַׁצַּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     of Belshazzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1113 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belshazzar = |Bel protect the king|<BR> 1) king of Babylon at the time of its fall; he to whom Daniel interpreted the writing on the wall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇê·lə·šaṣ·ṣar
         of Belshazzar 
    
 
        
            בָּבֶ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּבֶ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḇel
                
                
                     over Babylon , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḇel
         over Babylon , 
    
 
        
            דָּנִיֵּאל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּנִיֵּאל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            חֲזָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zāh
                
                
                     had 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zāh
         had 
    
 
        
            חֵ֣לֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵ֣לֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·lem
                
                
                     a dream , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·lem
         a dream , 
    
 
        
            וְחֶזְוֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֶזְוֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥez·wê
                
                
                     and visions 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vision, appearance <BR> 1a) vision <BR> 1b) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥez·wê
         and visions 
    
 
        
            רֵאשֵׁ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵאשֵׁ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·šêh
                
                
                     passed through his mind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, head <BR> 1a) head (of man) <BR> 1b) head (as seat of visions) <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) sum (essential content) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·šêh
         passed through his mind 
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     as he lay 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         as he lay 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁכְּבֵ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁכְּבֵ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·kə·ḇêh
                
                
                     on his bed . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) couch, bed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·kə·ḇêh
         on his bed . 
    
 
        
            בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֙יִן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כְתַ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְתַ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·ṯaḇ
                
                
                     He wrote down 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3790 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to write <BR> 1a) (P'al) to write, to be written 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·ṯaḇ
         He wrote down 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     the dream , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         the dream , 
    
 
        
            רֵ֥אשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵ֥אשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rêš
                
                
                     and this is the summary 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, head <BR> 1a) head (of man) <BR> 1b) head (as seat of visions) <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) sum (essential content) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rêš
         and this is the summary 
    
 
        
            מִלִּ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלִּ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lîn
                
                
                     of his account 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lîn
         of his account 
    
 
        
            אֲמַֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲמַֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·mar
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·mar
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Daniel declared: “In my vision in the night I looked, and suddenly the four winds of heaven were churning up the great sea.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            דָנִיֵּאל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָנִיֵּאל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     declared : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         declared : 
    
 
        
            בְּחֶזְוִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּחֶזְוִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḥez·wî
                
                
                     “ In my vision 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vision, appearance <BR> 1a) vision <BR> 1b) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḥez·wî
         “ In my vision 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         in 
    
 
        
            לֵֽילְיָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵֽילְיָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·lə·yā
                
                
                     the night 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3916 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·lə·yā
         the night 
    
 
        
            הֲוֵ֛ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוֵ֛ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wêṯ
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wêṯ
         I 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     looked , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         looked , 
    
 
        
            וַאֲר֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲר֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·rū
                
                
                     and suddenly 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        718 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·rū
         and suddenly 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּע֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּע֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     the four 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        703 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         the four 
    
 
        
            רוּחֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רוּחֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·ḥê
                
                
                     winds 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spirit, wind <BR> 1a) wind <BR> 1b) spirit <BR> 1b1) of man <BR> 1b2) seat of the mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·ḥê
         winds 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven 
    
 
        
            מְגִיחָ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְגִיחָ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḡî·ḥān
                
                
                     were churning up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to break forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḡî·ḥān
         were churning up 
    
 
        
            רַבָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rab·bā
                
                
                     the great 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7229 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rab·bā
         the great 
    
 
        
            לְיַמָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְיַמָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·yam·mā
                
                
                     sea . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·yam·mā
         sea . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then four great beasts came up out of the sea, each one different from the others:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאַרְבַּ֤ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַרְבַּ֤ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     Then four 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        703 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ar·ba‘
         Then four 
    
 
        
            רַבְרְבָ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבְרְבָ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ·rə·ḇān
                
                
                     great 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7260 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig. of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ·rə·ḇān
         great 
    
 
        
            חֵיוָן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיוָן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·wān
                
                
                     beasts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·wān
         beasts 
    
 
        
            סָלְקָ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָלְקָ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·lə·qān
                
                
                     came up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ascend, come up <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come up <BR> 1b) (P'il) to come up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·lə·qān
         came up 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     out of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         out of 
    
 
        
            יַמָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַמָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yam·mā
                
                
                     the sea , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yam·mā
         the sea , 
    
 
        
            דָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā
                
                
                     each one 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1668 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, one ... to ... another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā
         each one 
    
 
        
            שָׁנְיָ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנְיָ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nə·yān
                
                
                     different 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nə·yān
         different 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            דָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā
                
                
                     the others : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1668 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, one ... to ... another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā
         the others : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The first beast was like a lion, and it had the wings of an eagle. I watched until its wings were torn off and it was lifted up from the ground and made to stand on two feet like a man and given the mind of a man.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            קַדְמָיְתָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַדְמָיְתָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qaḏ·mā·yə·ṯā
                
                
                     The first [beast] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6933 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) former, first <BR> 1a) first <BR> 1b) former 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qaḏ·mā·yə·ṯā
         The first [beast] 
    
 
        
            כְאַרְיֵ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְאַרְיֵ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·’ar·yêh
                
                
                     was like a lion , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·’ar·yêh
         was like a lion , 
    
 
        
            לַ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lah
                
                
                     and it had 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lah
         and it had 
    
 
        
            וְגַפִּ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְגַפִּ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḡap·pîn
                
                
                     [the] wings 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1611 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wing (of bird) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḡap·pîn
         [the] wings 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         - 
    
 
        
            נְשַׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְשַׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·šar
                
                
                     of an eagle . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5403 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eagle, vulture, griffon-vulture 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·šar
         of an eagle . 
    
 
        
            הֲוֵ֡ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוֵ֡ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wêṯ
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wêṯ
         I 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     watched 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         watched 
    
 
        
            עַד֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         until 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            גַפַּ֜יהּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַפַּ֜יהּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡap·payh
                
                
                     its wings 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1611 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wing (of bird) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡap·payh
         its wings 
    
 
        
            מְּרִ֨יטוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְּרִ֨יטוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·rî·ṭū
                
                
                     were torn off 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pluck, pull off <BR> 1a) (P'il) to be plucked off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·rî·ṭū
         were torn off 
    
 
        
            וּנְטִ֣ילַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְטִ֣ילַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·ṭî·laṯ
                
                
                     and it was lifted up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5191 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift <BR> 1a) (P'al) to lift, lift up <BR> 1b) (P'il) to be lifted 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·ṭî·laṯ
         and it was lifted up 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     the ground 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         the ground 
    
 
        
            הֳקִימַ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֳקִימַ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ho·qî·maṯ
                
                
                     and made to stand 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hofal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ho·qî·maṯ
         and made to stand 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            רַגְלַ֙יִן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַגְלַ֙יִן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḡ·la·yin
                
                
                     two feet 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7271 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḡ·la·yin
         two feet 
    
 
        
            כֶּאֱנָ֣שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֶּאֱנָ֣שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ke·’ĕ·nāš
                
                
                     like a man , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ke·’ĕ·nāš
         like a man , 
    
 
        
            יְהִ֥יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהִ֥יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hîḇ
                
                
                     and given 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hîḇ
         and given 
    
 
        
            לַֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lah
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lah
         
    
 
        
            וּלְבַ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְבַ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḇaḇ
                
                
                     the mind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3825 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heart, mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḇaḇ
         the mind 
    
 
        
            אֱנָ֖שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱנָ֖שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·nāš
                
                
                     of a man . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·nāš
         of a man . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Suddenly another beast appeared, which looked like a bear. It was raised up on one of its sides, and it had three ribs in its mouth between its teeth. So it was told, ‘Get up and gorge yourself on flesh!’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַאֲר֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲר֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·rū
                
                
                     Suddenly 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        718 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·rū
         Suddenly 
    
 
        
            אָחֳרִ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחֳרִ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥo·rî
                
                
                     another 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        317 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) other, another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥo·rî
         another 
    
 
        
            חֵיוָה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיוָה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·wāh
                
                
                     beast {appeared} , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·wāh
         beast {appeared} , 
    
 
        
            תִנְיָנָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִנְיָנָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯin·yā·nāh
                
                
                     which 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - ordinal feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8578 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) second 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯin·yā·nāh
         which 
    
 
        
            דָּמְיָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּמְיָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·mə·yāh
                
                
                     looked like 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1821 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to be like 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·mə·yāh
         looked like 
    
 
        
            לְדֹ֗ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדֹ֗ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏōḇ
                
                
                     a bear . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1678 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bear 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏōḇ
         a bear . 
    
 
        
            הֳקִמַ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֳקִמַ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ho·qi·maṯ
                
                
                     It was raised up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hofal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ho·qi·maṯ
         It was raised up 
    
 
        
            חַד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaḏ
                
                
                     on one 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2298 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one <BR> 1b) a (indefinite article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaḏ
         on one 
    
 
        
            וְלִשְׂטַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִשְׂטַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liś·ṭar-
                
                
                     of its sides , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) side (Da 7:5) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liś·ṭar-
         of its sides , 
    
 
        
            וּתְלָ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּתְלָ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṯə·lāṯ
                
                
                     and it had three 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three <BR> 1a) three (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) third (ordinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṯə·lāṯ
         and it had three 
    
 
        
            עִלְעִ֛ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלְעִ֛ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘il·‘în
                
                
                     ribs 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5967 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rib 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘il·‘în
         ribs 
    
 
        
            בְּפֻמַּ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּפֻמַּ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·p̄um·mah
                
                
                     in its mouth 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6433 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mouth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·p̄um·mah
         in its mouth 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bên
                
                
                     between 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        997 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bên
         between 
    
 
        
            שִׁנַּיַּהּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁנַּיַּהּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šin·nay·yah
                
                
                     its teeth . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8128 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tooth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šin·nay·yah
         its teeth . 
    
 
        
            וְכֵן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֵן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵên
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3652 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, so, as follows 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵên
         So 
    
 
        
            אָמְרִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמְרִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mə·rîn
                
                
                     it was told 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mə·rîn
         it was told 
    
 
        
            לַ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lah
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lah
         , 
    
 
        
            ק֥וּמִֽי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ק֥וּמִֽי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qū·mî
                
                
                     ‘ Get up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qū·mî
         ‘ Get up 
    
 
        
            אֲכֻ֖לִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲכֻ֖לִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḵu·lî
                
                
                     [and] gorge yourself 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to eat (of beasts) <BR> 1a2) to devour <BR> 1a3) eat their pieces (in a phrase, that is, slander them) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḵu·lî
         [and] gorge yourself 
    
 
        
            בְּשַׂ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשַׂ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·śar
                
                
                     on flesh 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flesh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·śar
         on flesh 
    
 
        
            שַׂגִּֽיא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂגִּֽיא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śag·gî
                
                
                     . . . ! ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7690 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great, much <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) much, many <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śag·gî
         . . . ! ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Next, as I watched, suddenly another beast appeared. It was like a leopard, and on its back it had four wings like those of a bird. The beast also had four heads, and it was given authority to rule.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כִּנְמַ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּנְמַ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kin·mar
                
                
                     It was like a leopard , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5245 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) leopard 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kin·mar
         It was like a leopard , 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     and on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         and on 
    
 
        
            גַּבַּיַּהּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּבַּיַּהּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gab·bay·yah
                
                
                     its back 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1355 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) back or side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gab·bay·yah
         its back 
    
 
        
            וְלַ֨הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלַ֨הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lah
                
                
                     it had 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lah
         it had 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּ֛ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּ֛ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        703 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         four 
    
 
        
            גַּפִּ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּפִּ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gap·pîn
                
                
                     wings 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1611 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wing (of bird) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gap·pîn
         wings 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     like those of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         like those of 
    
 
        
            ע֖וֹף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֖וֹף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wp̄
                
                
                     a bird . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fowl 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wp̄
         a bird . 
    
 
        
            לְחֵ֣יוְתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְחֵ֣יוְתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥê·wə·ṯā
                
                
                     The beast also 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥê·wə·ṯā
         The beast also 
    
 
        
            וְאַרְבְּעָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַרְבְּעָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ar·bə·‘āh
                
                
                     had four 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        703 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ar·bə·‘āh
         had four 
    
 
        
            רֵאשִׁין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵאשִׁין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·šîn
                
                
                     heads , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, head <BR> 1a) head (of man) <BR> 1b) head (as seat of visions) <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) sum (essential content) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·šîn
         heads , 
    
 
        
            יְהִ֥יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהִ֥יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hîḇ
                
                
                     and it was given 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hîḇ
         and it was given 
    
 
        
            לַֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lah
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lah
         
    
 
        
            וְשָׁלְטָ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁלְטָ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·lə·ṭān
                
                
                     authority to rule . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·lə·ṭān
         authority to rule . 
    
 
        
            בָּאתַ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאתַ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ṯar
                
                
                     Next 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) track, place 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ṯar
         Next 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            הֲוֵ֗ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוֵ֗ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wêṯ
                
                
                     as I 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wêṯ
         as I 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     watched , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         watched , 
    
 
        
            אָֽחֳרִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָֽחֳרִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥo·rî
                
                
                     another beast 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        317 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) other, another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥo·rî
         another beast 
    
 
        
            וַאֲר֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲר֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·rū
                
                
                     appeared . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        718 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·rū
         appeared . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            After this, as I watched in my vision in the night, suddenly a fourth beast appeared, and it was terrifying—dreadful and extremely strong—with large iron teeth. It devoured and crushed; then it trampled underfoot whatever was left. It was different from all the beasts before it, and it had ten horns.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בָּאתַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאתַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ṯar
                
                
                     After 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) track, place 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ṯar
         After 
    
 
        
            דְּנָה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     this , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         this , 
    
 
        
            הֲוֵ֜ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוֵ֜ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wêṯ
                
                
                     as I 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wêṯ
         as I 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     watched 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         watched 
    
 
        
            בְּחֶזְוֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּחֶזְוֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḥez·wê
                
                
                     in my vision 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vision, appearance <BR> 1a) vision <BR> 1b) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḥez·wê
         in my vision 
    
 
        
            לֵֽילְיָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵֽילְיָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·lə·yā
                
                
                     in the night , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3916 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·lə·yā
         in the night , 
    
 
        
            וַאֲר֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲר֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·rū
                
                
                     suddenly 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        718 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·rū
         suddenly 
    
 
        
            רְבִיעָיָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבִיעָיָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇī·ʿå̄·yå̄h
                
                
                     a fourth 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - ordinal feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7244 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fourth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇī·ʿå̄·yå̄h
         a fourth 
    
 
        
            חֵיוָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיוָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·wāh
                
                
                     beast {appeared} , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·wāh
         beast {appeared} , 
    
 
        
            דְּחִילָה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּחִילָה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·ḥî·lāh
                
                
                     [and it was] terrifying — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1763 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fear <BR> 1a2) terrible (pass participle) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to cause to be afraid, make afraid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·ḥî·lāh
         [and it was] terrifying — 
    
 
        
            וְאֵֽימְתָנִ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵֽימְתָנִ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ê·mə·ṯā·nî
                
                
                     dreadful 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        574 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) terrible 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ê·mə·ṯā·nî
         dreadful 
    
 
        
            יַתִּ֗ירָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַתִּ֗ירָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yat·tî·rā
                
                
                     and extremely 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) pre-eminent, surpassing, extreme, extraordinary <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly, extremely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yat·tî·rā
         and extremely 
    
 
        
            וְתַקִּיפָ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתַקִּיפָ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯaq·qî·p̄ā
                
                
                     strong — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8624 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) might, strong, mighty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯaq·qî·p̄ā
         strong — 
    
 
        
            לַהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lah
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lah
         with 
    
 
        
            רַבְרְבָ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבְרְבָ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ·rə·ḇān
                
                
                     large 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7260 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig. of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ·rə·ḇān
         large 
    
 
        
            פַרְזֶ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְזֶ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·zel
                
                
                     iron 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·zel
         iron 
    
 
        
            וְשִׁנַּ֨יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁנַּ֨יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šin·na·yin
                
                
                     teeth . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8128 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tooth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šin·na·yin
         teeth . 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אָֽכְלָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָֽכְלָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḵə·lāh
                
                
                     It devoured 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to eat (of beasts) <BR> 1a2) to devour <BR> 1a3) eat their pieces (in a phrase, that is, slander them) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḵə·lāh
         It devoured 
    
 
        
            וּמַדֱּקָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַדֱּקָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mad·dĕ·qāh
                
                
                     and crushed ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1855 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break into pieces, fall into pieces, be shattered <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be shattered <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to break into pieces 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mad·dĕ·qāh
         and crushed ; 
    
 
        
            רָפְסָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָפְסָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·p̄ə·sāh
                
                
                     then it trampled 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7512 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to tread, trample <BR> 1a) (P'al) treading, trampling (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·p̄ə·sāh
         then it trampled 
    
 
        
            וְהִ֣יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִ֣יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּרַגְלַיַּהּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרַגְלַיַּהּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·raḡ·lay·yah
                
                
                     underfoot 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7271 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·raḡ·lay·yah
         underfoot 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁאָרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁאָרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·’ā·rā
                
                
                     whatever was left . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rest, remainder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·’ā·rā
         whatever was left . 
    
 
        
            מְשַׁנְּיָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְשַׁנְּיָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·šan·nə·yāh
                
                
                     It was different 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - QalPassParticiple - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·šan·nə·yāh
         It was different 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            חֵֽיוָתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵֽיוָתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     the beasts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·wā·ṯā
         the beasts 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קָֽדָמַ֔יהּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָֽדָמַ֔יהּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏā·mayh
                
                
                     before it , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏā·mayh
         before it , 
    
 
        
            עֲשַׂ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲשַׂ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·śar
                
                
                     and it had ten 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·śar
         and it had ten 
    
 
        
            לַֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lah
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lah
         
    
 
        
            וְקַרְנַ֥יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקַרְנַ֥יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qar·na·yin
                
                
                     horns . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qar·na·yin
         horns . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            While I was contemplating the horns, suddenly another horn, a little one, came up among them, and three of the first horns were uprooted before it. This horn had eyes like those of a man and a mouth that spoke words of arrogance.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הֲוֵ֜ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוֵ֜ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wêṯ
                
                
                     While I was 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wêṯ
         While I was 
    
 
        
            מִשְׂתַּכַּ֨ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׂתַּכַּ֨ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miś·tak·kal
                
                
                     contemplating 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7920 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Ithpael) to consider, contemplate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miś·tak·kal
         contemplating 
    
 
        
            בְּקַרְנַיָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּקַרְנַיָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·qar·nay·yā
                
                
                     the horns , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·qar·nay·yā
         the horns , 
    
 
        
            וַ֠אֲלוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַ֠אֲלוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·lū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        431 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold!, lo! 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·lū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אָחֳרִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחֳרִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥo·rî
                
                
                     suddenly another 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        317 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) other, another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥo·rî
         suddenly another 
    
 
        
            קֶ֣רֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֶ֣רֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qe·ren
                
                
                     horn , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qe·ren
         horn , 
    
 
        
            זְעֵירָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְעֵירָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·‘ê·rāh
                
                
                     a little one , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2192 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a little, small 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·‘ê·rāh
         a little one , 
    
 
        
            סִלְקָ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִלְקָ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sil·qāṯ
                
                
                     came up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ascend, come up <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come up <BR> 1b) (P'il) to come up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sil·qāṯ
         came up 
    
 
        
            בֵּינֵיהוֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּינֵיהוֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bē·nē·hōn
                
                
                     among them , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        997 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bē·nē·hōn
         among them , 
    
 
        
            וּתְלָ֗ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּתְלָ֗ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṯə·lāṯ
                
                
                     and three 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three <BR> 1a) three (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) third (ordinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṯə·lāṯ
         and three 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         of 
    
 
        
            קַדְמָ֣יָתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַדְמָ֣יָתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qaḏ·mā·yā·ṯā
                
                
                     the first 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6933 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) former, first <BR> 1a) first <BR> 1b) former 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qaḏ·mā·yā·ṯā
         the first 
    
 
        
            קַרְנַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַרְנַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qar·nay·yā
                
                
                     horns 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qar·nay·yā
         horns 
    
 
        
            אֶתְעֲקַרוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתְעֲקַרוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾɛṯ·ʿă·qa·rū
                
                
                     were uprooted 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6132 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pluck, be rooted up <BR> 1a) (Ithp'al) to be rooted up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾɛṯ·ʿă·qa·rū
         were uprooted 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         before 
    
 
        
            קֳדָמַיַּהּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָמַיַּהּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏå̄·may·yah
                
                
                     it . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏå̄·may·yah
         it . 
    
 
        
            וַאֲל֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲל֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·lū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        431 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold!, lo! 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·lū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā
                
                
                     This 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1668 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, one ... to ... another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā
         This 
    
 
        
            בְּקַרְנָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּקַרְנָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·qar·nā-
                
                
                     horn 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·qar·nā-
         horn 
    
 
        
            עַיְנִ֜ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַיְנִ֜ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ay·nîn
                
                
                     had eyes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ay·nîn
         had eyes 
    
 
        
            כְּעַיְנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּעַיְנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·‘ay·nê
                
                
                     like those 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·‘ay·nê
         like those 
    
 
        
            אֲנָשָׁא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָשָׁא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nā·šā
                
                
                     of a man 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nā·šā
         of a man 
    
 
        
            וּפֻ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפֻ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄um
                
                
                     and a mouth 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6433 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mouth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄um
         and a mouth 
    
 
        
            מְמַלִּ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְמַלִּ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·mal·lil
                
                
                     that spoke 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4449 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to speak, say 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·mal·lil
         that spoke 
    
 
        
            רַבְרְבָֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבְרְבָֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ·rə·ḇān
                
                
                     words of arrogance . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7260 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig. of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ·rə·ḇān
         words of arrogance . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As I continued to watch, thrones were set in place, and the Ancient of Days took His seat. His clothing was white as snow, and the hair of His head was like pure wool. His throne was flaming with fire, and its wheels were all ablaze.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     As 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         As 
    
 
        
            דִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הֲוֵ֗ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוֵ֗ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wêṯ
                
                
                     I continued 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wêṯ
         I continued 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     to watch , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         to watch , 
    
 
        
            כָרְסָוָן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָרְסָוָן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵā·rə·sā·wān
                
                
                     thrones 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3764 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) throne, royal chair 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵā·rə·sā·wān
         thrones 
    
 
        
            רְמִ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְמִ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·mîw
                
                
                     were set in place , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7412 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cast, throw <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to cast <BR> 1a2) to throw <BR> 1a2a) of tribute (fig) <BR> 1b) (Peil) <BR> 1b1) to be cast<BR> 1b2) to be placed, be set <BR> 1c) (Ithp'el) to be cast 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·mîw
         were set in place , 
    
 
        
            וְעַתִּ֥יק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַתִּ֥יק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘at·tîq
                
                
                     and the Ancient 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6268 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ancient, advanced, aged, old, taken away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘at·tîq
         and the Ancient 
    
 
        
            יוֹמִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹמִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·mîn
                
                
                     of Days 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day <BR> 2) day always refers to a twenty-four hour period when the word is modified by a definite or cardinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·mîn
         of Days 
    
 
        
            יְתִ֑ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְתִ֑ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ṯiḇ
                
                
                     took His seat . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3488 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sit, dwell <BR> 1a) (P'al) to sit, be seated <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to cause to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ṯiḇ
         took His seat . 
    
 
        
            לְבוּשֵׁ֣הּ׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבוּשֵׁ֣הּ׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇū·šêh
                
                
                     His clothing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3831 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) garment, clothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇū·šêh
         His clothing 
    
 
        
            חִוָּ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חִוָּ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥiw·wār
                
                
                     was white 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2358 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) white 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥiw·wār
         was white 
    
 
        
            כִּתְלַ֣ג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּתְלַ֣ג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kiṯ·laḡ
                
                
                     as snow , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8517 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) snow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kiṯ·laḡ
         as snow , 
    
 
        
            וּשְׂעַ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׂעַ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·śə·‘ar
                
                
                     and the hair 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8177 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hair (of head) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·śə·‘ar
         and the hair 
    
 
        
            רֵאשֵׁהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵאשֵׁהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·šêh
                
                
                     of His head 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, head <BR> 1a) head (of man) <BR> 1b) head (as seat of visions) <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) sum (essential content) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·šêh
         of His head 
    
 
        
            נְקֵ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְקֵ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·qê
                
                
                     was like pure 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5343 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clean, pure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·qê
         was like pure 
    
 
        
            כַּעֲמַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּעֲמַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·‘ă·mar
                
                
                     wool . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6015 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wool 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·‘ă·mar
         wool . 
    
 
        
            כָּרְסְיֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּרְסְיֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·rə·sə·yêh
                
                
                     His throne 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3764 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) throne, royal chair 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·rə·sə·yêh
         His throne 
    
 
        
            שְׁבִיבִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁבִיבִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·ḇî·ḇîn
                
                
                     was flaming 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7631 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flame 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·ḇî·ḇîn
         was flaming 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נ֔וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נ֔וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nūr
                
                
                     with fire , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nūr
         with fire , 
    
 
        
            גַּלְגִּלּ֖וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּלְגִּלּ֖וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gal·gil·lō·w·hî
                
                
                     and its wheels 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1535 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wheel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gal·gil·lō·w·hî
         and its wheels 
    
 
        
            דָּלִֽק׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּלִֽק׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·liq
                
                
                     were all ablaze 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1815 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to burn 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·liq
         were all ablaze 
    
 
        
            נ֥וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נ֥וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nūr
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nūr
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            A river of fire was flowing, coming out from His presence. Thousands upon thousands attended Him, and myriads upon myriads stood before Him. The court was convened, and the books were opened.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            נְהַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְהַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·har
                
                
                     A river 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5103 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·har
         A river 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         of 
    
 
        
            נ֗וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נ֗וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nūr
                
                
                     fire 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5135 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nūr
         fire 
    
 
        
            נָגֵ֤ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָגֵ֤ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ḡêḏ
                
                
                     was flowing , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5047 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to stream, flow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ḡêḏ
         was flowing , 
    
 
        
            וְנָפֵק֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָפֵק֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·p̄êq
                
                
                     coming out 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go or come out, bring or come forth <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go out or forth <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·p̄êq
         coming out 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            קֳדָמ֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָמ֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏā·mō·w·hî
                
                
                     His presence . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏā·mō·w·hî
         His presence . 
    
 
        
            אֶ֤לֶף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֤לֶף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·lep̄
                
                
                     Thousands 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        506 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a thousand, 1000 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·lep̄
         Thousands 
    
 
        
            אַלְפִים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַלְפִים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾal·p̄īm
                
                
                     upon thousands 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        506 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a thousand, 1000 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾal·p̄īm
         upon thousands 
    
 
        
            יְשַׁמְּשׁוּנֵּ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְשַׁמְּשׁוּנֵּ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·šam·mə·šūn·nêh
                
                
                     attended Him , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine plural | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to minister, serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·šam·mə·šūn·nêh
         attended Him , 
    
 
        
            וְרִבּ֥וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרִבּ֥וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rib·bōw
                
                
                     and myriads 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) myriad, ten thousand times ten thousand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rib·bōw
         and myriads 
    
 
        
            רִבְּוָן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רִבְּוָן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rib·bə·wå̄n
                
                
                     upon myriads 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) myriad, ten thousand times ten thousand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rib·bə·wå̄n
         upon myriads 
    
 
        
            יְקוּמ֑וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְקוּמ֑וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·qū·mūn
                
                
                     stood 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·qū·mūn
         stood 
    
 
        
            קָֽדָמ֣וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָֽדָמ֣וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏā·mō·w·hî
                
                
                     before Him . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏā·mō·w·hî
         before Him . 
    
 
        
            דִּינָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּינָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî·nā
                
                
                     The court 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1780 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî·nā
         The court 
    
 
        
            יְתִ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְתִ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ṯiḇ
                
                
                     was convened , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3488 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sit, dwell <BR> 1a) (P'al) to sit, be seated <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to cause to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ṯiḇ
         was convened , 
    
 
        
            וְסִפְרִ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְסִפְרִ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·sip̄·rîn
                
                
                     and the books 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5609 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) book 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·sip̄·rîn
         and the books 
    
 
        
            פְּתִֽיחוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּתִֽיחוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·ṯî·ḥū
                
                
                     were opened . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to open <BR> 1a) (P'il) to open 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·ṯî·ḥū
         were opened . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then I kept watching because of the arrogant words the horn was speaking. As I continued to watch, the beast was slain, and its body was destroyed and thrown into the blazing fire.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֗יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֗יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            הֲוֵ֔ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוֵ֔ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wêṯ
                
                
                     I kept 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wêṯ
         I kept 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     watching 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         watching 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     because of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         because of 
    
 
        
            קָל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qāl
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) voice, sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qāl
         - 
    
 
        
            רַבְרְבָתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבְרְבָתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ·rə·ḇā·ṯā
                
                
                     the arrogant 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7260 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig. of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ·rə·ḇā·ṯā
         the arrogant 
    
 
        
            מִלַּיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלַּיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lay·yā
                
                
                     words 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lay·yā
         words 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            קַרְנָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַרְנָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qar·nā
                
                
                     the horn 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qar·nā
         the horn 
    
 
        
            מְמַלֱּלָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְמַלֱּלָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·mal·lĕ·lāh
                
                
                     was speaking . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4449 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to speak, say 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·mal·lĕ·lāh
         was speaking . 
    
 
        
            עַד֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     As 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         As 
    
 
        
            דִּ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     I continued to watch , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         I continued to watch , 
    
 
        
            הֲוֵ֡ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוֵ֡ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wêṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wêṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חֵֽיוְתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵֽיוְתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·wə·ṯā
                
                
                     the beast 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·wə·ṯā
         the beast 
    
 
        
            קְטִילַ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְטִילַ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṭî·laṯ
                
                
                     was slain , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to slay, kill <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be slain <BR> 1b) (Pael) to slay <BR> 1c) (Ithp'al) to be slain <BR> 1d) (Ithpael) to be slain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṭî·laṯ
         was slain , 
    
 
        
            גִּשְׁמַ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּשְׁמַ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    giš·mah
                
                
                     and its body 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1655 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) body 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        giš·mah
         and its body 
    
 
        
            וְהוּבַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהוּבַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hū·ḇaḏ
                
                
                     was destroyed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hofal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to perish, vanish <BR> 1a) (P'al) shall perish <BR> 1b) (Aphel) destroy <BR> 1c) (Hophal) be destroyed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hū·ḇaḏ
         was destroyed 
    
 
        
            וִיהִיבַ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִיהִיבַ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·hî·ḇaṯ
                
                
                     and thrown into 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·hî·ḇaṯ
         and thrown into 
    
 
        
            לִיקֵדַ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִיקֵדַ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî·qê·ḏaṯ
                
                
                     the blazing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3346 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a burning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî·qê·ḏaṯ
         the blazing 
    
 
        
            אֶשָּֽׁא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶשָּֽׁא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eš·šā
                
                
                     fire . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        785 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eš·šā
         fire . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As for the rest of the beasts, their dominion was removed, but they were granted an extension of life for a season and a time.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּשְׁאָר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁאָר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·’ār
                
                
                     As for the rest 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rest, remainder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·’ār
         As for the rest 
    
 
        
            חֵֽיוָתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵֽיוָתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     of the beasts , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·wā·ṯā
         of the beasts , 
    
 
        
            שָׁלְטָנְה֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלְטָנְה֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lə·ṭā·nə·hō·wn
                
                
                     their dominion 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lə·ṭā·nə·hō·wn
         their dominion 
    
 
        
            הֶעְדִּ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶעְדִּ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he‘·dîw
                
                
                     was removed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5709 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass on, pass away <BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pass on, pass over <BR> 1a2) to pass away <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take away, remove, depose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he‘·dîw
         was removed , 
    
 
        
            יְהִ֥יבַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהִ֥יבַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hî·ḇaṯ
                
                
                     but they were granted 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hî·ḇaṯ
         but they were granted 
    
 
        
            לְה֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְה֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·wn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·wn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְאַרְכָ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַרְכָ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ar·ḵāh
                
                
                     an extension 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        754 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prolongation, lengthening, prolonging 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ar·ḵāh
         an extension 
    
 
        
            בְחַיִּ֛ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְחַיִּ֛ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·ḥay·yîn
                
                
                     of life 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2417 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alive, living, life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·ḥay·yîn
         of life 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         for 
    
 
        
            זְמַ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְמַ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·man
                
                
                     a season 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2166 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a set time, time, season 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·man
         a season 
    
 
        
            וְעִדָּֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעִדָּֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘id·dān
                
                
                     and a time . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of duration) <BR> 1b) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘id·dān
         and a time . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            In my vision in the night I continued to watch, and I saw One like the Son of Man coming with the clouds of heaven. He approached the Ancient of Days and was led into His presence.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּחֶזְוֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּחֶזְוֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḥez·wê
                
                
                     In my vision 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vision, appearance <BR> 1a) vision <BR> 1b) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḥez·wê
         In my vision 
    
 
        
            לֵֽילְיָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵֽילְיָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·lə·yā
                
                
                     in the night 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3916 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·lə·yā
         in the night 
    
 
        
            הֲוֵית֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוֵית֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wêṯ
                
                
                     I continued 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wêṯ
         I continued 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     to watch , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         to watch , 
    
 
        
            וַאֲרוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲרוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·rū
                
                
                     and I saw 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        718 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·rū
         and I saw 
    
 
        
            כְּבַ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּבַ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḇar
                
                
                     One like the Son 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1247 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḇar
         One like the Son 
    
 
        
            אֱנָ֖שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱנָ֖שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·nāš
                
                
                     of Man 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·nāš
         of Man 
    
 
        
            אָתֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָתֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ṯêh
                
                
                     coming 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        858 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come, arrive <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought<BR> 2) used in the NT in the phrase |maranatha| -|Lord come| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ṯêh
         coming 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְעַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘aḏ-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘aḏ-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         with 
    
 
        
            עֲנָנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲנָנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·nā·nê
                
                
                     the clouds 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6050 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cloud 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·nā·nê
         the clouds 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven . 
    
 
        
            מְטָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְטָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ṭāh
                
                
                     He approached 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4291 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reach, come upon, attain <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to reach, come to <BR> 1a2) to reach, extend <BR> 1a3) to come upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ṭāh
         He approached 
    
 
        
            עַתִּ֤יק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַתִּ֤יק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘at·tîq
                
                
                     the Ancient 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6268 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ancient, advanced, aged, old, taken away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘at·tîq
         the Ancient 
    
 
        
            יֽוֹמַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֽוֹמַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·may·yā
                
                
                     of Days 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day <BR> 2) day always refers to a twenty-four hour period when the word is modified by a definite or cardinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·may·yā
         of Days 
    
 
        
            הַקְרְבֽוּהִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקְרְבֽוּהִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·rə·ḇū·hî
                
                
                     and was led 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine plural | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to approach, come near <BR> 1a) (P'al) to approach <BR> 1b) (Pael) to offer, draw near<BR> 1c) (Aphel) to be summoned 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·rə·ḇū·hî
         and was led 
    
 
        
            וּקְדָמ֖וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּקְדָמ֖וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·qə·ḏā·mō·w·hî
                
                
                     into His presence . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·qə·ḏā·mō·w·hî
         into His presence . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And He was given dominion, glory, and kingship, that the people of every nation and language should serve Him. His dominion is an everlasting dominion that will not pass away, and His kingdom is one that will never be destroyed.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלֵ֨הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֵ֨הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lêh
                
                
                     And 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lêh
         And 
    
 
        
            יְהִ֤יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהִ֤יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hîḇ
                
                
                     He was given 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hîḇ
         He was given 
    
 
        
            שָׁלְטָן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלְטָן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lə·ṭān
                
                
                     dominion , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lə·ṭān
         dominion , 
    
 
        
            וִיקָ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִיקָ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·qār
                
                
                     glory , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3367 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) honour, esteem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·qār
         glory , 
    
 
        
            וּמַלְכ֔וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְכ֔וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·ḵū
                
                
                     and kingship , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·ḵū
         and kingship , 
    
 
        
            עַֽמְמַיָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽמְמַיָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·may·yā
                
                
                     that the people 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·may·yā
         that the people 
    
 
        
            וְכֹ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     of every 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         of every 
    
 
        
            אֻמַיָּ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֻמַיָּ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’u·may·yā
                
                
                     nation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        524 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people, tribe, nation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’u·may·yā
         nation 
    
 
        
            וְלִשָּׁנַיָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִשָּׁנַיָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liš·šā·nay·yā
                
                
                     and language 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tongue, language <BR> 1a) tongue, language <BR> 1b) people (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liš·šā·nay·yā
         and language 
    
 
        
            יִפְלְח֑וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִפְלְח֑וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yip̄·lə·ḥūn
                
                
                     should serve 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to serve, worship, revere, minister for, pay reverence to <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pay reverence to <BR> 1a2) to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yip̄·lə·ḥūn
         should serve 
    
 
        
            לֵ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     Him . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         Him . 
    
 
        
            שָׁלְטָנֵ֞הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלְטָנֵ֞הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lə·ṭā·nêh
                
                
                     His dominion 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lə·ṭā·nêh
         His dominion 
    
 
        
            עָלַם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלַם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lam
                
                
                     is an everlasting 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lam
         is an everlasting 
    
 
        
            שָׁלְטָ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלְטָ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lə·ṭān
                
                
                     dominion 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lə·ṭān
         dominion 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         that 
    
 
        
            לָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     will not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         will not 
    
 
        
            יֶעְדֵּ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֶעְדֵּ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ye‘·dêh
                
                
                     pass away , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5709 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass on, pass away <BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pass on, pass over <BR> 1a2) to pass away <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take away, remove, depose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ye‘·dêh
         pass away , 
    
 
        
            וּמַלְכוּתֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְכוּתֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·ḵū·ṯêh
                
                
                     and His kingdom is one 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·ḵū·ṯêh
         and His kingdom is one 
    
 
        
            דִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         that 
    
 
        
            לָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā
                
                
                     will never 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā
         will never 
    
 
        
            תִתְחַבַּֽל׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִתְחַבַּֽל׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiṯ·ḥab·bal
                
                
                     be destroyed . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2255 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hurt, destroy <BR> 1a) (Pael) to hurt, destroy <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be destroyed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiṯ·ḥab·bal
         be destroyed . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I, Daniel, was grieved in my spirit, and the visions in my mind alarmed me.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֲנָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāh
                
                
                     I , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāh
         I , 
    
 
        
            דָנִיֵּ֖אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָנִיֵּ֖אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel , 
    
 
        
            אֶתְכְּרִיַּ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתְכְּרִיַּ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ·kə·rî·yaṯ
                
                
                     was grieved 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3735 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Ithp'el) to be distressed, be grieved 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ·kə·rî·yaṯ
         was grieved 
    
 
        
            בְּג֣וֹא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּג֣וֹא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḡō·w
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, the midst 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḡō·w
         in 
    
 
        
            רוּחִ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רוּחִ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·ḥî
                
                
                     my spirit 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spirit, wind <BR> 1a) wind <BR> 1b) spirit <BR> 1b1) of man <BR> 1b2) seat of the mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·ḥî
         my spirit 
    
 
        
            נִדְנֶ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִדְנֶ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niḏ·neh
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5085 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sheath <BR> 1a) meaning uncertain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niḏ·neh
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וְחֶזְוֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֶזְוֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥez·wê
                
                
                     and the visions 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vision, appearance <BR> 1a) vision <BR> 1b) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥez·wê
         and the visions 
    
 
        
            רֵאשִׁ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵאשִׁ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·šî
                
                
                     in my mind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, head <BR> 1a) head (of man) <BR> 1b) head (as seat of visions) <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) sum (essential content) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·šî
         in my mind 
    
 
        
            יְבַהֲלֻנַּֽנִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְבַהֲלֻנַּֽנִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḇa·hă·lun·na·nî
                
                
                     alarmed me . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine plural | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) to frighten, alarm, dismay <BR> 2) (Ithpa'al) to hurry, hasten <BR> 3) (Ithpa'al) alarmed (part.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḇa·hă·lun·na·nî
         alarmed me . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I approached one of those who were standing there, and I asked him the true meaning of all this. So he told me the interpretation of these things:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            קִרְבֵ֗ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִרְבֵ֗ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qir·ḇêṯ
                
                
                     I approached 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to approach, come near <BR> 1a) (P'al) to approach <BR> 1b) (Pael) to offer, draw near<BR> 1c) (Aphel) to be summoned 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qir·ḇêṯ
         I approached 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         
    
 
        
            חַד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaḏ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2298 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one <BR> 1b) a (indefinite article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaḏ
         one 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         of 
    
 
        
            קָ֣אֲמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָ֣אֲמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·’ă·may·yā
                
                
                     those who were standing there , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·’ă·may·yā
         those who were standing there , 
    
 
        
            אֶבְעֵֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶבְעֵֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eḇ·‘ê-
                
                
                     and I asked 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, seek, request, desire, pray, make petition <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask, request <BR> 1a2) to seek (for favour) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eḇ·‘ê-
         and I asked 
    
 
        
            מִנֵּ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנֵּ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nêh
                
                
                     him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nêh
         him 
    
 
        
            וְיַצִּיבָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיַצִּיבָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yaṣ·ṣî·ḇā
                
                
                     the true meaning 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3330 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n <BR> 1) the truth <BR> adv <BR> 2) surely, reliably, truly <BR> adj <BR> 3) reliable, true, certain, sure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yaṣ·ṣî·ḇā
         the true meaning 
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         of 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            דְּנָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     this . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         this . 
    
 
        
            וַאֲמַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲמַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·mar-
                
                
                     So he told 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·mar-
         So he told 
    
 
        
            לִ֕י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִ֕י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         me 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹדְעִנַּֽנִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹדְעִנַּֽנִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wḏ·‘in·na·nî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wḏ·‘in·na·nî
         - 
    
 
        
            וּפְשַׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפְשַׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ə·šar
                
                
                     the interpretation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ə·šar
         the interpretation 
    
 
        
            מִלַּיָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלַּיָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lay·yā
                
                
                     of these things : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lay·yā
         of these things : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            ‘These four great beasts are four kings who will arise from the earth.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אִלֵּין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִלֵּין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’il·lên
                
                
                     ‘ These 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’il·lên
         ‘ These 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּ֑ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּ֑ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        703 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         four 
    
 
        
            רַבְרְבָתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבְרְבָתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ·rə·ḇā·ṯā
                
                
                     great 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7260 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig. of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ·rə·ḇā·ṯā
         great 
    
 
        
            חֵיוָתָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיוָתָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     beasts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·wā·ṯā
         beasts 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            אִנִּ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִנִּ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’in·nîn
                
                
                     are 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        581 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these, those, they 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’in·nîn
         are 
    
 
        
            אַרְבְּעָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבְּעָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·bə·‘āh
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        703 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·bə·‘āh
         four 
    
 
        
            מַלְכִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵîn
                
                
                     kings 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵîn
         kings 
    
 
        
            יְקוּמ֥וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְקוּמ֥וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·qū·mūn
                
                
                     [who] will arise 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·qū·mūn
         [who] will arise 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     the earth . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         the earth . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But the saints of the Most High will receive the kingdom and possess it forever—yes, forever and ever.’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            קַדִּישֵׁ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַדִּישֵׁ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qad·dî·šê
                
                
                     But the saints 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) holy, separate <BR> 2) (TWOT) angels, saints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qad·dî·šê
         But the saints 
    
 
        
            עֶלְיוֹנִ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶלְיוֹנִ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘el·yō·w·nîn
                
                
                     of the Most High 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5946 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the Most High <BR> 1a) of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘el·yō·w·nîn
         of the Most High 
    
 
        
            וִֽיקַבְּלוּן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִֽיקַבְּלוּן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·qab·bə·lūn
                
                
                     will receive 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6902 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to receive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·qab·bə·lūn
         will receive 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     the kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯā
         the kingdom 
    
 
        
            וְיַחְסְנ֤וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיַחְסְנ֤וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yaḥ·sə·nūn
                
                
                     and possess 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2631 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to take possession of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yaḥ·sə·nūn
         and possess 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯā
         it 
    
 
        
            עַֽד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     forever 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         forever 
    
 
        
            עָ֣לְמָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָ֣לְמָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lə·mā
                
                
                     . . . — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lə·mā
         . . . — 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘aḏ
                
                
                     yes, forever 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘aḏ
         yes, forever 
    
 
        
            עָלַ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלַ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lam
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lam
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָלְמַיָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלְמַיָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lə·may·yā
                
                
                     and ever . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lə·may·yā
         and ever . ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then I wanted to know the true meaning of the fourth beast, which was different from all the others—extremely terrifying—devouring and crushing with iron teeth and bronze claws, then trampling underfoot whatever was left.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱדַ֗יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֗יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     Then 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         Then 
    
 
        
            צְבִית֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבִית֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇîṯ
                
                
                     I wanted 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6634 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to desire, be inclined, be willing, be pleased <BR> 1a) (P'al)<BR> 1a1) to desire <BR> 1a2) to be pleased <BR> 1a3) to will (without hindrance) (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇîṯ
         I wanted 
    
 
        
            לְיַצָּבָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְיַצָּבָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·yaṣ·ṣā·ḇā
                
                
                     to know the true meaning 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to make stand, make certain, gain certainty, know the truth, be certain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·yaṣ·ṣā·ḇā
         to know the true meaning 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         of 
    
 
        
            רְבִיעָ֣יְתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבִיעָ֣יְתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇî·‘ā·yə·ṯā
                
                
                     the fourth 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - ordinal feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7244 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fourth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇî·‘ā·yə·ṯā
         the fourth 
    
 
        
            חֵֽיוְתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵֽיוְתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·wə·ṯā
                
                
                     beast , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·wə·ṯā
         beast , 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     which 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         which 
    
 
        
            הֲוָ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wāṯ
                
                
                     was 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wāṯ
         was 
    
 
        
            שָֽׁנְיָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָֽׁנְיָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nə·yāh
                
                
                     different 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nə·yāh
         different 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            כָּלְּהוֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּלְּהוֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kå̄l·lə·hōn
                
                
                     all the [others] — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kå̄l·lə·hōn
         all the [others] — 
    
 
        
            יַתִּ֗ירָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַתִּ֗ירָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yat·tî·rāh
                
                
                     extremely 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) pre-eminent, surpassing, extreme, extraordinary <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly, extremely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yat·tî·rāh
         extremely 
    
 
        
            דְּחִילָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּחִילָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·ḥî·lāh
                
                
                     terrifying — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1763 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fear <BR> 1a2) terrible (pass participle) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to cause to be afraid, make afraid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·ḥî·lāh
         terrifying — 
    
 
        
            אָֽכְלָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָֽכְלָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḵə·lāh
                
                
                     devouring 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to eat (of beasts) <BR> 1a2) to devour <BR> 1a3) eat their pieces (in a phrase, that is, slander them) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḵə·lāh
         devouring 
    
 
        
            מַדֲּקָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַדֲּקָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mad·dă·qāh
                
                
                     and crushing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1855 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break into pieces, fall into pieces, be shattered <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be shattered <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to break into pieces 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mad·dă·qāh
         and crushing 
    
 
        
            פַרְזֶל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְזֶל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·zel
                
                
                     with iron 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·zel
         with iron 
    
 
        
            שִׁנַּיַּהּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁנַּיַּהּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šin·nay·yah
                
                
                     teeth 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8128 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tooth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šin·nay·yah
         teeth 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נְחָ֔שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְחָ֔שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḥāš
                
                
                     and bronze 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5174 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) copper, bronze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḥāš
         and bronze 
    
 
        
            וְטִפְרַ֣יהּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְטִפְרַ֣יהּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṭip̄·rayh
                
                
                     claws 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2953 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fingernail, nail, claw 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṭip̄·rayh
         claws 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            רָֽפְסָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָֽפְסָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·p̄ə·sāh
                
                
                     then trampling 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7512 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to tread, trample <BR> 1a) (P'al) treading, trampling (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·p̄ə·sāh
         then trampling 
    
 
        
            בְּרַגְלַ֥יהּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרַגְלַ֥יהּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·raḡ·layh
                
                
                     underfoot 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7271 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·raḡ·layh
         underfoot 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁאָרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁאָרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·’ā·rā
                
                
                     whatever was left . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rest, remainder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·’ā·rā
         whatever was left . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I also wanted to know about the ten horns on its head and the other horn that came up, before which three of them fell—the horn whose appearance was more imposing than the others, with eyes and with a mouth that spoke words of arrogance.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עֲשַׂר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲשַׂר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·śar
                
                
                     the ten 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·śar
         the ten 
    
 
        
            קַרְנַיָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַרְנַיָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qar·nay·yā
                
                
                     horns 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qar·nay·yā
         horns 
    
 
        
            בְרֵאשַׁ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְרֵאשַׁ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·rê·šah
                
                
                     on its head 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, head <BR> 1a) head (of man) <BR> 1b) head (as seat of visions) <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) sum (essential content) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·rê·šah
         on its head 
    
 
        
            וְאָחֳרִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָחֳרִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·ḥo·rî
                
                
                     and the other 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        317 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) other, another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·ḥo·rî
         and the other 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     horn that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         horn that 
    
 
        
            סִלְקַ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִלְקַ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sil·qaṯ
                
                
                     came up , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ascend, come up <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come up <BR> 1b) (P'il) to come up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sil·qaṯ
         came up , 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         
    
 
        
            קֳדָמַיַּהּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָמַיַּהּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏå̄·may·yah
                
                
                     before which 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏå̄·may·yah
         before which 
    
 
        
            תְּלָ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּלָ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·lāṯ
                
                
                     three of them 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three <BR> 1a) three (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) third (ordinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·lāṯ
         three of them 
    
 
        
            וּנְפַלוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְפַלוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·p̄a·lū
                
                
                     fell — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·p̄a·lū
         fell — 
    
 
        
            וְקַרְנָ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקַרְנָ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qar·nā
                
                
                     the horn 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qar·nā
         the horn 
    
 
        
            וְחֶזְוַ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֶזְוַ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥez·wah
                
                
                     whose appearance [was] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vision, appearance <BR> 1a) vision <BR> 1b) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥez·wah
         whose appearance [was] 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     more imposing than 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         more imposing than 
    
 
        
            חַבְרָתַֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַבְרָתַֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaḇ·rā·ṯah
                
                
                     the others , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2273 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) associate, fellow, companion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaḇ·rā·ṯah
         the others , 
    
 
        
            דִכֵּ֜ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִכֵּ֜ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏik·kên
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1797 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏik·kên
         - 
    
 
        
            וְעַיְנִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַיְנִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ay·nîn
                
                
                     with eyes 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ay·nîn
         with eyes 
    
 
        
            לַ֗הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַ֗הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lah
                
                
                     and with 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lah
         and with 
    
 
        
            וְפֻם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְפֻם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·p̄um
                
                
                     a mouth 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6433 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mouth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·p̄um
         a mouth 
    
 
        
            מְמַלִּ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְמַלִּ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·mal·lil
                
                
                     that spoke 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4449 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to speak, say 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·mal·lil
         that spoke 
    
 
        
            רַבְרְבָ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבְרְבָ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ·rə·ḇān
                
                
                     words of arrogance 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7260 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig. of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ·rə·ḇān
         words of arrogance 
    
 
        
            רַ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7229 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ
         - . 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     I also wanted to know about 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         I also wanted to know about 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As I watched, this horn was waging war against the saints and prevailing against them,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הֲוֵ֔ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוֵ֔ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wêṯ
                
                
                     As I 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wêṯ
         As I 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     watched , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         watched , 
    
 
        
            דִכֵּ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִכֵּ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏik·kên
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1797 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏik·kên
         this 
    
 
        
            וְקַרְנָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקַרְנָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qar·nā
                
                
                     horn 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qar·nā
         horn 
    
 
        
            עָבְדָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָבְדָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·ḇə·ḏāh
                
                
                     was waging 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·ḇə·ḏāh
         was waging 
    
 
        
            קְרָ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְרָ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·rāḇ
                
                
                     war 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7129 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) war 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·rāḇ
         war 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         against 
    
 
        
            קַדִּישִׁ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַדִּישִׁ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qad·dî·šîn
                
                
                     the saints 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) holy, separate <BR> 2) (TWOT) angels, saints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qad·dî·šîn
         the saints 
    
 
        
            וְיָכְלָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָכְלָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḵə·lāh
                
                
                     and prevailing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3201 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prevail, overcome, endure, have power, be able <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be able, be able to gain or accomplish, be able to endure, be able to reach <BR> 1a2) to prevail, prevail over or against, overcome, be victor <BR> 1a3) to have ability, have strength 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḵə·lāh
         and prevailing 
    
 
        
            לְהֽוֹן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהֽוֹן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·wn
                
                
                     against them , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·wn
         against them , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            until the Ancient of Days arrived and pronounced judgment in favor of the saints of the Most High, and the time came for them to possess the kingdom.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         until 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַתִּיק֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַתִּיק֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘at·tîq
                
                
                     the Ancient 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6268 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ancient, advanced, aged, old, taken away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘at·tîq
         the Ancient 
    
 
        
            יֽוֹמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֽוֹמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·may·yā
                
                
                     of Days 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day <BR> 2) day always refers to a twenty-four hour period when the word is modified by a definite or cardinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·may·yā
         of Days 
    
 
        
            אֲתָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲתָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ṯāh
                
                
                     arrived 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        858 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come, arrive <BR> 1a) (P'al) to come <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought<BR> 2) used in the NT in the phrase |maranatha| -|Lord come| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ṯāh
         arrived 
    
 
        
            יְהִ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהִ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hiḇ
                
                
                     and pronounced 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hiḇ
         and pronounced 
    
 
        
            וְדִינָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדִינָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏî·nā
                
                
                     judgment 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1780 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏî·nā
         judgment 
    
 
        
            לְקַדִּישֵׁ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְקַדִּישֵׁ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·qad·dî·šê
                
                
                     in favor of the saints 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Adjective - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) holy, separate <BR> 2) (TWOT) angels, saints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·qad·dî·šê
         in favor of the saints 
    
 
        
            עֶלְיוֹנִ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶלְיוֹנִ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘el·yō·w·nîn
                
                
                     of the Most High , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5946 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the Most High <BR> 1a) of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘el·yō·w·nîn
         of the Most High , 
    
 
        
            וְזִמְנָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזִמְנָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zim·nā
                
                
                     and the time 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2166 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a set time, time, season 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zim·nā
         and the time 
    
 
        
            מְטָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְטָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ṭāh
                
                
                     came 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4291 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reach, come upon, attain <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to reach, come to <BR> 1a2) to reach, extend <BR> 1a3) to come upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ṭāh
         came 
    
 
        
            קַדִּישִֽׁין׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַדִּישִֽׁין׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qad·dî·šîn
                
                
                     for [them] 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) holy, separate <BR> 2) (TWOT) angels, saints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qad·dî·šîn
         for [them] 
    
 
        
            הֶחֱסִ֥נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶחֱסִ֥נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·ḥĕ·si·nū
                
                
                     to possess 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2631 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to take possession of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·ḥĕ·si·nū
         to possess 
    
 
        
            וּמַלְכוּתָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְכוּתָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     the kingdom . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·ḵū·ṯā
         the kingdom . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is what he said: ‘The fourth beast is a fourth kingdom that will appear on the earth, different from all the other kingdoms, and it will devour the whole earth, trample it down, and crush it.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כֵּן֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵּן֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kên
                
                
                     This is what 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3652 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, so, as follows 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kên
         This is what 
    
 
        
            אֲמַר֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲמַר֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·mar
                
                
                     he said : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·mar
         he said : 
    
 
        
            רְבִיעָ֣יְתָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבִיעָ֣יְתָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇî·‘ā·yə·ṯā
                
                
                     ‘ The fourth 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - ordinal feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7244 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fourth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇî·‘ā·yə·ṯā
         ‘ The fourth 
    
 
        
            חֵֽיוְתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵֽיוְתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·wə·ṯā
                
                
                     beast is 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·wə·ṯā
         beast is 
    
 
        
            רְבִיעָיָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבִיעָיָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇī·ʿå̄·yå̄
                
                
                     a fourth 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - ordinal feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7244 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fourth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇī·ʿå̄·yå̄
         a fourth 
    
 
        
            מַלְכ֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכ֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū
                
                
                     kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū
         kingdom 
    
 
        
            תֶּהֱוֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֶּהֱוֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    te·hĕ·wê
                
                
                     that will appear 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        te·hĕ·wê
         that will appear 
    
 
        
            בְאַרְעָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְאַרְעָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     on the earth , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·’ar·‘ā
         on the earth , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            תִשְׁנֵ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִשְׁנֵ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiš·nê
                
                
                     different 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiš·nê
         different 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            מַלְכְוָתָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכְוָתָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵə·wā·ṯā
                
                
                     the other kingdoms , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵə·wā·ṯā
         the other kingdoms , 
    
 
        
            וְתֵאכֻל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתֵאכֻל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯê·ḵul
                
                
                     and it will devour 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to eat (of beasts) <BR> 1a2) to devour <BR> 1a3) eat their pieces (in a phrase, that is, slander them) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯê·ḵul
         and it will devour 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     the whole 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         the whole 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     earth , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         earth , 
    
 
        
            וּתְדוּשִׁנַּ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּתְדוּשִׁנַּ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṯə·ḏū·šin·nah
                
                
                     trample it down , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1759 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to tread down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṯə·ḏū·šin·nah
         trample it down , 
    
 
        
            וְתַדְּקִנַּֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתַדְּקִנַּֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯad·də·qin·nah
                
                
                     and crush it . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive imperfect - third person feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1855 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to break into pieces, fall into pieces, be shattered <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be shattered <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to break into pieces 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯad·də·qin·nah
         and crush it . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the ten horns are ten kings who will rise from this kingdom. After them another king, different from the earlier ones, will rise and subdue three kings.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עֲשַׂ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲשַׂ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·śar
                
                
                     And the ten 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·śar
         And the ten 
    
 
        
            וְקַרְנַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקַרְנַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qar·nay·yā
                
                
                     horns 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7162 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) horn <BR> 1a) as musical instrument <BR> 1b) symbolic (in visions) <BR> 1c) of an animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qar·nay·yā
         horns 
    
 
        
            עַשְׂרָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַשְׂרָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aś·rāh
                
                
                     [are] ten 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aś·rāh
         [are] ten 
    
 
        
            מַלְכִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵîn
                
                
                     kings 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵîn
         kings 
    
 
        
            יְקֻמ֑וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְקֻמ֑וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·qu·mūn
                
                
                     who will rise 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·qu·mūn
         who will rise 
    
 
        
            מִנַּהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנַּהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nah
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nah
         from 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯāh
                
                
                     this kingdom . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯāh
         this kingdom . 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרֵיה֗וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרֵיה֗וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rê·hō·wn
                
                
                     After them 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        311 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rê·hō·wn
         After them 
    
 
        
            וְאָחֳרָ֞ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָחֳרָ֞ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·ḥo·rān
                
                
                     another [king] , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) other, another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·ḥo·rān
         another [king] , 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁנֵא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁנֵא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·nê
                
                
                     different 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·nê
         different 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            קַדְמָיֵ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַדְמָיֵ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qaḏ·mā·yê
                
                
                     the earlier [ones] , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6933 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) former, first <BR> 1a) first <BR> 1b) former 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qaḏ·mā·yê
         the earlier [ones] , 
    
 
        
            יְק֣וּם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְק֣וּם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·qūm
                
                
                     will rise 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·qūm
         will rise 
    
 
        
            וְה֤וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְה֤וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hū
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hū
         - 
    
 
        
            יְהַשְׁפִּֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהַשְׁפִּֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·haš·pil
                
                
                     and subdue 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8214 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be or bring low, humble <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to bring low, humble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·haš·pil
         and subdue 
    
 
        
            וּתְלָתָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּתְלָתָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṯə·lā·ṯāh
                
                
                     three 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three <BR> 1a) three (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) third (ordinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṯə·lā·ṯāh
         three 
    
 
        
            מַלְכִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵîn
                
                
                     kings . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵîn
         kings . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            He will speak out against the Most High and oppress the saints of the Most High, intending to change the appointed times and laws; and the saints will be given into his hand for a time, and times, and half a time.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְמַלִּ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְמַלִּ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·mal·lil
                
                
                     He will speak out 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4449 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to speak, say 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·mal·lil
         He will speak out 
    
 
        
            וּמִלִּ֗ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִלִּ֗ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mil·lîn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mil·lîn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְצַ֤ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצַ֤ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣaḏ
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6655 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) side <BR> 2) (CLBL) beside 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣaḏ
         against 
    
 
        
            עִלָּיָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלָּיָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
                
                
                     the Most High 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5943 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) highest, the Most High 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
         the Most High 
    
 
        
            יְבַלֵּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְבַלֵּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḇal·lê
                
                
                     and oppress 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1080 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to wear away, wear out <BR> 1a) to harass constantly (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḇal·lê
         and oppress 
    
 
        
            וּלְקַדִּישֵׁ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְקַדִּישֵׁ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·qad·dî·šê
                
                
                     the saints 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Adjective - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) holy, separate <BR> 2) (TWOT) angels, saints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·qad·dî·šê
         the saints 
    
 
        
            עֶלְיוֹנִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶלְיוֹנִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘el·yō·w·nîn
                
                
                     of the Most High , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5946 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the Most High <BR> 1a) of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘el·yō·w·nîn
         of the Most High , 
    
 
        
            וְיִסְבַּ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִסְבַּ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yis·bar
                
                
                     intending 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5452 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to think, intend 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yis·bar
         intending 
    
 
        
            לְהַשְׁנָיָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַשְׁנָיָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·haš·nā·yāh
                
                
                     to change 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·haš·nā·yāh
         to change 
    
 
        
            זִמְנִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זִמְנִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zim·nîn
                
                
                     the appointed times 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2166 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a set time, time, season 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zim·nîn
         the appointed times 
    
 
        
            וְדָ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏāṯ
                
                
                     and laws ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1882 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, law <BR> 1a) a decree (of the king) <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1c) law (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏāṯ
         and laws ; 
    
 
        
            וְיִתְיַהֲב֣וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִתְיַהֲב֣וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yiṯ·ya·hă·ḇūn
                
                
                     and [the saints] will be given 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hitpael - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yiṯ·ya·hă·ḇūn
         and [the saints] will be given 
    
 
        
            בִּידֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּידֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bî·ḏêh
                
                
                     into his hand 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bî·ḏêh
         into his hand 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         for 
    
 
        
            עִדָּ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִדָּ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘id·dān
                
                
                     a time , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of duration) <BR> 1b) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘id·dān
         a time , 
    
 
        
            וְעִדָּנִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעִדָּנִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘id·dā·nîn
                
                
                     and times , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of duration) <BR> 1b) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘id·dā·nîn
         and times , 
    
 
        
            וּפְלַ֥ג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפְלַ֥ג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ə·laḡ
                
                
                     and half 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6387 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ə·laḡ
         and half 
    
 
        
            עִדָּֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִדָּֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘id·dān
                
                
                     a time . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of duration) <BR> 1b) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘id·dān
         a time . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But the court will convene, and his dominion will be taken away and completely destroyed forever.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְדִינָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדִינָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏî·nā
                
                
                     But the court 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1780 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏî·nā
         But the court 
    
 
        
            יִתִּ֑ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתִּ֑ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yit·tiḇ
                
                
                     will convene , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3488 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sit, dwell <BR> 1a) (P'al) to sit, be seated <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to cause to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yit·tiḇ
         will convene , 
    
 
        
            וְשָׁלְטָנֵ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁלְטָנֵ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·lə·ṭā·nêh
                
                
                     and his dominion 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·lə·ṭā·nêh
         and his dominion 
    
 
        
            יְהַעְדּ֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהַעְדּ֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ha‘·dō·wn
                
                
                     will be taken away 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5709 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass on, pass away <BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pass on, pass over <BR> 1a2) to pass away <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take away, remove, depose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ha‘·dō·wn
         will be taken away 
    
 
        
            לְהַשְׁמָדָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַשְׁמָדָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·haš·mā·ḏāh
                
                
                     and completely destroyed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to destroy 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·haš·mā·ḏāh
         and completely destroyed 
    
 
        
            וּלְהוֹבָדָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְהוֹבָדָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·hō·w·ḇā·ḏāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to perish, vanish <BR> 1a) (P'al) shall perish <BR> 1b) (Aphel) destroy <BR> 1c) (Hophal) be destroyed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·hō·w·ḇā·ḏāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     forever 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         forever 
    
 
        
            סוֹפָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סוֹפָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sō·w·p̄ā
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5491 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, conclusion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sō·w·p̄ā
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the sovereignty, dominion, and greatness of the kingdoms under all of heaven will be given to the people, the saints of the Most High. His kingdom will be an everlasting kingdom, and all rulers will serve and obey Him.’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמַלְכוּתָ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְכוּתָ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·ḵū·ṯāh
                
                
                     Then the sovereignty , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·ḵū·ṯāh
         Then the sovereignty , 
    
 
        
            וְשָׁלְטָנָ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁלְטָנָ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·lə·ṭā·nā
                
                
                     dominion , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·lə·ṭā·nā
         dominion , 
    
 
        
            וּרְבוּתָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּרְבוּתָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·rə·ḇū·ṯā
                
                
                     and greatness 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7238 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) greatness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·rə·ḇū·ṯā
         and greatness 
    
 
        
            דִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         of 
    
 
        
            מַלְכְוָת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכְוָת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵə·wāṯ
                
                
                     the kingdoms 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵə·wāṯ
         the kingdoms 
    
 
        
            תְּח֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּח֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḥō·wṯ
                
                
                     under 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) under 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḥō·wṯ
         under 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven 
    
 
        
            יְהִיבַ֕ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהִיבַ֕ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hî·ḇaṯ
                
                
                     will be given 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hî·ḇaṯ
         will be given 
    
 
        
            לְעַ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעַ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘am
                
                
                     to the people , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘am
         to the people , 
    
 
        
            קַדִּישֵׁ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַדִּישֵׁ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qad·dî·šê
                
                
                     the saints 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) holy, separate <BR> 2) (TWOT) angels, saints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qad·dî·šê
         the saints 
    
 
        
            עֶלְיוֹנִ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶלְיוֹנִ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘el·yō·w·nîn
                
                
                     of the Most High . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5946 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the Most High <BR> 1a) of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘el·yō·w·nîn
         of the Most High . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯêh
                
                
                     His kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯêh
         His kingdom 
    
 
        
            עָלַ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלַ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lam
                
                
                     will be an everlasting 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lam
         will be an everlasting 
    
 
        
            מַלְכ֣וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכ֣וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     kingdom , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵūṯ
         kingdom , 
    
 
        
            וְכֹל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         and all 
    
 
        
            שָׁלְטָ֣נַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלְטָ֣נַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lə·ṭā·nay·yā
                
                
                     rulers 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lə·ṭā·nay·yā
         rulers 
    
 
        
            יִפְלְח֖וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִפְלְח֖וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yip̄·lə·ḥūn
                
                
                     will serve 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to serve, worship, revere, minister for, pay reverence to <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pay reverence to <BR> 1a2) to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yip̄·lə·ḥūn
         will serve 
    
 
        
            וְיִֽשְׁתַּמְּעֽוּן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִֽשְׁתַּמְּעֽוּן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yiš·tam·mə·‘ūn
                
                
                     and obey 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hitpael - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hear <BR> 1a) (P'al) to hear, have a sense of hearing <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to show oneself obedient 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yiš·tam·mə·‘ūn
         and obey 
    
 
        
            לֵ֥הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֥הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     Him . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         Him . ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Thus ends the matter. As for me, Daniel, my thoughts troubled me greatly, and my face turned pale. But I kept the matter to myself.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāh
                
                
                     Thus 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3542 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) here, so far, thus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāh
         Thus 
    
 
        
            סוֹפָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סוֹפָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sō·w·p̄ā
                
                
                     ends 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5491 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, conclusion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sō·w·p̄ā
         ends 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         
    
 
        
            מִלְּתָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְּתָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     the matter . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lə·ṯā
         the matter . 
    
 
        
            אֲנָ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāh
                
                
                     As for me , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāh
         As for me , 
    
 
        
            דָֽנִיֵּ֜אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָֽנִיֵּ֜אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā·nî·yêl
         Daniel , 
    
 
        
            רַעְיוֹנַ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַעְיוֹנַ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ra‘·yō·w·nay
                
                
                     my thoughts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7476 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ra‘·yō·w·nay
         my thoughts 
    
 
        
            יְבַהֲלֻנַּ֗נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְבַהֲלֻנַּ֗נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḇa·hă·lun·na·nî
                
                
                     troubled me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine plural | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) to frighten, alarm, dismay <BR> 2) (Ithpa'al) to hurry, hasten <BR> 3) (Ithpa'al) alarmed (part.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḇa·hă·lun·na·nî
         troubled me 
    
 
        
            שַׂגִּ֣יא׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂגִּ֣יא׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śag·gî
                
                
                     greatly , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7690 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great, much <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) much, many <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śag·gî
         greatly , 
    
 
        
            וְזִיוַי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזִיוַי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zî·way
                
                
                     and my face 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2122 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brightness, splendour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zî·way
         and my face 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁתַּנּ֣וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁתַּנּ֣וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·tan·nō·wn
                
                
                     turned pale . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·tan·nō·wn
         turned pale . 
    
 
        
            עֲלַ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלַ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lay
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lay
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נִטְרֵֽת׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִטְרֵֽת׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niṭ·rêṯ
                
                
                     But I kept 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5202 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to keep 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niṭ·rêṯ
         But I kept 
    
 
        
            וּמִלְּתָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִלְּתָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mil·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     the matter 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mil·lə·ṯā
         the matter 
    
 
        
            בְּלִבִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּלִבִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·lib·bî
                
                
                     to myself . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3821 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heart, mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·lib·bî
         to myself . ”